1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
68 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
69 static void dwarf2out_source_line
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
72 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
73 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
74 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
75 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
76 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
77 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
78 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
79 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
80 CIE = Common Information Entry
81 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
82 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
83 FDE = Frame Description Entry
84 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
85 how to restore registers
87 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
88 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
90 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
97 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
98 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
101 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
102 || flag_unwind_tables
103 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
108 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
110 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
113 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
114 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
118 default_eh_frame_section ()
120 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
121 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
122 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
123 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
124 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
128 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
129 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
130 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
135 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
140 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
143 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
144 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
149 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
150 must be kept around forever. */
151 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
153 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
154 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
155 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
156 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
158 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
159 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
160 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
161 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
162 define type declaration DIE's. */
163 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
165 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
166 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
167 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
170 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
171 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
172 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
174 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
175 Information instructions. The register number, offset
176 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
177 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
179 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
181 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
187 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
189 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
190 long int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
191 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
192 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
196 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
198 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
199 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
200 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
202 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
207 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
208 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
209 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
210 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
211 of this structure. */
212 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
217 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
220 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
221 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
222 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
223 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
224 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
226 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
230 const char *dw_fde_end
;
231 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
232 unsigned funcdef_number
;
233 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
234 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
235 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
239 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
240 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
242 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
243 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
244 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
245 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
247 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
248 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
251 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
252 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
253 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
256 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
257 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
260 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
262 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
263 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
264 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
266 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
267 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
268 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
269 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
271 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
275 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
276 information for each routine. */
277 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
279 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
280 static unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
282 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
283 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
285 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
287 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
289 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
290 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
292 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
293 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
294 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
295 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
296 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
297 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
300 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
303 unsigned int refcount
;
308 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
310 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
311 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
313 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
315 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
317 static char *stripattributes
PARAMS ((const char *));
318 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
319 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi
PARAMS ((void));
320 static void add_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
));
321 static void add_fde_cfi
PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref
));
322 static void lookup_cfa_1
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
,
324 static void lookup_cfa
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
325 static void reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
327 static void initial_return_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
328 static long stack_adjust_offset
PARAMS ((rtx
));
329 static void output_cfi
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int));
330 static void output_call_frame_info
PARAMS ((int));
331 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust
PARAMS ((rtx
));
332 static void queue_reg_save
PARAMS ((const char *, rtx
, long));
333 static void flush_queued_reg_saves
PARAMS ((void));
334 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save
PARAMS ((rtx
));
335 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr
PARAMS ((rtx
, const char *));
337 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
338 static void output_cfa_loc
PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref
));
339 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*,
340 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*));
341 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
342 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location
*));
343 static void def_cfa_1
PARAMS ((const char *,
346 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
347 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
348 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
351 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
352 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
353 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
355 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
356 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
359 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
360 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
363 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
364 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
367 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
368 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
369 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
370 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
371 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
372 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
373 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
374 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
375 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
376 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
377 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
379 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
380 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
382 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
384 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
386 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
390 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
391 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
392 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
393 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
396 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
397 for the current function. */
398 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
399 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
402 /* Hook used by __throw. */
405 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
407 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
));
410 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
411 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
417 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
422 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
429 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
432 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address
)
436 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
437 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
438 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
440 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
441 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
443 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
444 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode
[i
]);
449 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
453 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
456 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc
)
461 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
462 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
464 return "DW_CFA_offset";
466 return "DW_CFA_restore";
470 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
471 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
472 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
473 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
474 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
475 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
476 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
477 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
478 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
479 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
480 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
481 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
482 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
483 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
484 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
485 case DW_CFA_register
:
486 return "DW_CFA_register";
487 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
488 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
489 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
490 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
492 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
493 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
494 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
495 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
496 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
499 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
500 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
501 case DW_CFA_expression
:
502 return "DW_CFA_expression";
503 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
504 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
505 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
506 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
507 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
508 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
510 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
511 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
512 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
515 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
516 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
517 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
518 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
519 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
520 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
523 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
527 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
529 static inline dw_cfi_ref
532 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= (dw_cfi_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
534 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
535 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
536 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
541 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
544 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
)
545 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
550 /* Find the end of the chain. */
551 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
557 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
560 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
562 static char label
[20];
564 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
565 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
569 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
570 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
573 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
)
579 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
582 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
584 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
585 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
589 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
591 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
593 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
594 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
595 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
598 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
602 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
605 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
608 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
)
610 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
612 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
614 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
615 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
617 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
618 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
621 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
622 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
624 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
625 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
632 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
636 dw_cfa_location
*loc
;
640 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
643 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
645 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
646 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
648 if (fde_table_in_use
)
650 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
651 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
652 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
656 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
657 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
659 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
661 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
663 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
664 static long args_size
;
666 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
667 static long old_args_size
;
669 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
670 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
671 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
674 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label
, reg
, offset
)
684 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
687 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
688 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
691 def_cfa_1 (label
, loc_p
)
693 dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
;
696 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
701 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
702 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
704 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
705 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
707 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
708 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
709 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
710 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
715 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
717 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
718 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
720 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
721 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
724 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
725 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
728 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
729 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
730 offset has not changed. */
731 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
732 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
736 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
738 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
739 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
740 the specified offset. */
741 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
742 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
743 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
747 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
748 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
749 register-offset pair is available. */
750 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
752 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
753 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
754 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
757 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
760 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
761 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
762 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
763 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
766 reg_save (label
, reg
, sreg
, offset
)
772 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
774 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
776 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
777 the value isn't a register number. */
778 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
781 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
783 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
785 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
787 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
789 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
790 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
791 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
793 long check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
795 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
799 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
801 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
803 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
805 else if (sreg
== reg
)
806 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
810 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
811 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
814 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
817 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
818 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
819 from the previous frame's window save area.
821 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
822 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
825 dwarf2out_window_save (label
)
828 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
830 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
831 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
834 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
835 pushed onto the stack. */
838 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, size
)
844 if (size
== old_args_size
)
847 old_args_size
= size
;
850 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
851 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
852 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
855 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
856 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
859 dwarf2out_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
864 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
867 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
868 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
871 dwarf2out_return_save (label
, offset
)
875 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
878 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
879 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
882 dwarf2out_return_reg (label
, sreg
)
886 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
889 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
890 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
893 initial_return_save (rtl
)
896 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
897 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
899 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
902 /* RA is in a register. */
903 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
907 /* RA is on the stack. */
909 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
912 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
918 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
920 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
924 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
926 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
936 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
937 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
938 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
939 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
941 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
948 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
951 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
955 stack_adjust_offset (pattern
)
958 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
959 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
960 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
963 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
965 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
966 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
967 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
968 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
969 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
972 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
976 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
978 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
979 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
980 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
986 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
988 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
989 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
990 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
991 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
993 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1000 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1002 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1009 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1011 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1026 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1027 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1028 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1031 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
)
1034 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1038 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1040 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1041 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1042 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1043 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1044 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1045 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1046 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1049 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1053 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1054 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1055 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1058 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1060 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1061 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1062 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1063 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1064 offset
= -args_size
;
1069 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1070 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1071 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1072 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1074 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1076 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1077 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1078 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1086 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1087 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1089 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1093 args_size
+= offset
;
1097 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1098 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1099 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1104 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1105 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1106 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1108 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1110 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1115 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1117 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1118 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1121 queue_reg_save (label
, reg
, offset
)
1126 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1128 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1130 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1131 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1133 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1137 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1139 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1141 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1143 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1147 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1148 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1152 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
)
1155 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1157 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1158 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1165 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1166 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1167 value, not an offset. */
1168 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1170 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1171 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1172 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1175 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1176 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1177 users need not read the source code.
1179 The High-Level Picture
1181 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1182 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1183 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1184 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1185 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1187 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1188 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1189 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1190 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1191 saves. This also seems to work.
1193 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1194 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1195 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1196 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1198 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1199 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1200 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1201 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1203 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1205 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1206 consists of a register and an offset.
1207 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1208 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1209 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1210 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1211 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1212 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1213 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1215 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1216 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1217 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1220 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1221 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1222 and cfa_temp.offset.
1224 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1227 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1228 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1229 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1233 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1234 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1237 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1238 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1239 cfa.offset unchanged
1240 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1241 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1244 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1245 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1246 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1247 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1248 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1249 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1252 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1253 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1254 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1257 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1258 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1260 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1261 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1262 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1265 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1266 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1268 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1269 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1272 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1273 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1274 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1277 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1278 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1279 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1282 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1286 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1287 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1288 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1291 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1292 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1293 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1295 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1298 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1299 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1300 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1302 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1305 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1308 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1309 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1312 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1313 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1314 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1317 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1318 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1319 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1320 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1323 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr
, label
)
1328 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1330 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1331 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1332 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1333 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1334 flag is set in them. */
1335 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1338 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1340 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1341 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1342 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1344 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1349 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1352 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1353 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1355 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1359 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1360 relative to the current CFA register. */
1361 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1363 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1365 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1371 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1372 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1373 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1374 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1375 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1376 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1377 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1383 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1387 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1390 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1393 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1395 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1401 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1403 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1404 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1406 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1408 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1409 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1411 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1414 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1416 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1417 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1418 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1419 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1421 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1424 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1425 or adjusting the FP */
1426 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1429 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1430 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1431 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1433 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1434 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1436 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1437 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1444 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1448 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1449 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1450 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1452 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1453 into the FP later on. */
1454 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1455 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1456 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1457 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1458 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1459 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1463 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1464 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1465 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1467 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1468 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1469 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1471 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1472 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1476 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1477 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1479 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1480 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1489 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1490 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1495 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1496 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1497 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1500 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1501 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1502 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1505 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1506 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1515 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1519 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1522 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1524 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1529 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1530 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1532 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1534 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1535 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1538 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1539 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1540 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1542 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1548 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1549 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1552 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1553 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1556 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1557 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1558 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1560 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1564 /* With an offset. */
1568 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1570 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1571 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1574 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1575 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1576 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1577 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1583 /* Without an offset. */
1585 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1586 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1587 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1588 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1595 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1597 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1598 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1605 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1606 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1607 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1609 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1611 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1613 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1614 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1616 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1617 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1622 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1623 calculate the CFA. */
1624 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1626 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1628 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1631 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1632 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1634 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1639 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1640 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1648 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1649 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1650 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1653 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn
)
1659 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1661 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1662 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1664 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1666 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1669 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1672 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1676 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1677 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1679 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1681 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1682 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1687 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1688 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1690 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1692 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1694 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1699 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1700 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1701 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
));
1703 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1704 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (cfi
)
1705 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
;
1710 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1711 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1713 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1714 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1715 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1716 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1717 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1718 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1721 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1722 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1723 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1724 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1725 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1726 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1727 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1728 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1729 case DW_CFA_register
:
1730 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1732 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1733 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1734 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1735 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1737 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1738 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1739 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1746 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1747 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1748 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
));
1750 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1751 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (cfi
)
1752 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
;
1756 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1757 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1759 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1760 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1761 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1763 case DW_CFA_register
:
1764 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1767 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1771 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1773 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1776 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
)
1781 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1783 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1784 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1785 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1786 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1789 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1790 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1791 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1792 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1794 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1796 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1797 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1798 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1802 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1804 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1806 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1808 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1809 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1810 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1813 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1814 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1817 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1818 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1819 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1820 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1823 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1824 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1825 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1826 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1829 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1830 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1831 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1832 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1835 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1836 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1837 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1838 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1841 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1842 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1843 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1845 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1848 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1849 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1850 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1852 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1855 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1856 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1857 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1858 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1859 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1863 case DW_CFA_register
:
1864 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1866 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1870 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1871 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1872 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1875 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1879 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1882 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1883 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1884 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1887 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1888 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1897 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1898 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1899 location of saved registers. */
1902 output_call_frame_info (for_eh
)
1908 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1909 int any_lsda_needed
= 0;
1910 char augmentation
[6];
1911 int augmentation_size
;
1912 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1913 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1914 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1916 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1917 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1920 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit any
1921 EH unwind information. */
1924 int any_eh_needed
= flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1926 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1927 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1928 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= 1;
1929 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
)
1932 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1936 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1941 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1943 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1945 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1946 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1948 /* Output the CIE. */
1949 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1950 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1951 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1952 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1953 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1955 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1956 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1957 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1958 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1959 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1963 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1964 augmentation_size
= 0;
1970 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1971 augmentation section.
1972 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1973 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1974 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1976 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1977 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1979 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1980 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1981 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1983 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
1984 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
1987 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
1989 if (any_lsda_needed
)
1992 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1994 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
1997 augmentation_size
+= 1;
1999 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2001 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2005 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2006 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2008 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2010 + 1 /* CIE version */
2011 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2012 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2013 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2015 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2016 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2017 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2019 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2021 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2022 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2023 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2028 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2029 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2030 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2031 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2032 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2034 if (augmentation
[0])
2036 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2037 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2039 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2040 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2041 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2042 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2045 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2047 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2049 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2050 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2051 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2054 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2055 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2057 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2058 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2059 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2060 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2062 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2063 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2065 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2067 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2068 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& for_eh
2069 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2070 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2073 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2074 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2075 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2076 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2078 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2081 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2083 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2088 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2089 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2090 "FDE initial location");
2091 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2092 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2093 "FDE address range");
2097 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2098 "FDE initial location");
2099 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2100 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2101 "FDE address range");
2104 if (augmentation
[0])
2106 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2108 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2110 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2112 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2113 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2114 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2115 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2116 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2119 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2123 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2125 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2127 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2128 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2129 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2130 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2131 "Language Specific Data Area");
2135 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2136 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2138 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2139 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2143 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2146 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2148 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2149 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2150 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2152 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2153 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2154 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2155 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2158 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2159 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2160 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2161 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2162 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2163 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2166 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2171 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2175 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line
, file
)
2176 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2177 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2179 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2182 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2184 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2185 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2186 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2188 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2189 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2192 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2196 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2197 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2198 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2199 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2200 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2201 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2203 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2204 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2205 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2209 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2210 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2212 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2213 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2214 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2215 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2216 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2219 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2220 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2222 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2223 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2224 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2225 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2226 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2227 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2228 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2229 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2230 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2231 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2233 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2235 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2236 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2237 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2239 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2243 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2244 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2248 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (line
, file
)
2249 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2250 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2253 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2255 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2257 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2258 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2259 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2260 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2261 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2265 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2267 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2268 fde_table
= (dw_fde_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
2269 * sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2270 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2271 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2273 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2274 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2276 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2277 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2278 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2279 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2284 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2286 /* Output call frame information. */
2287 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2288 output_call_frame_info (0);
2290 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2291 output_call_frame_info (1);
2295 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2296 for emitting location expressions. */
2298 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2299 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2300 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2303 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2304 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2305 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2306 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2308 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2309 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2310 implementation are listed below. */
2315 dw_val_class_offset
,
2317 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2318 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2320 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2321 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2324 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2325 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2326 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2327 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2331 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2332 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2334 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2341 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2343 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2345 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2350 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2351 represented internally. */
2353 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2355 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2356 union dw_val_struct_union
2358 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2359 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2360 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2361 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2362 long int GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2363 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2364 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2365 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2366 struct dw_val_die_union
2370 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2371 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2372 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2373 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2374 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2376 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2380 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2383 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2385 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2386 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2387 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2388 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2393 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2394 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2395 their entire life. */
2396 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2398 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2399 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2400 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2401 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2402 Only on head of list */
2403 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2404 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2407 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2409 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
2410 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2413 static void add_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
*,
2415 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2416 static unsigned long size_of_locs
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2417 static void output_loc_operands
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2418 static void output_loc_sequence
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
));
2420 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2423 dwarf_stack_op_name (op
)
2429 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2430 return "DW_OP_addr";
2432 return "DW_OP_deref";
2434 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2436 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2438 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2440 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2442 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2444 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2446 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2448 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2450 return "DW_OP_constu";
2452 return "DW_OP_consts";
2456 return "DW_OP_drop";
2458 return "DW_OP_over";
2460 return "DW_OP_pick";
2462 return "DW_OP_swap";
2466 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2474 return "DW_OP_minus";
2486 return "DW_OP_plus";
2487 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2488 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2494 return "DW_OP_shra";
2512 return "DW_OP_skip";
2514 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2516 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2518 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2520 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2522 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2524 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2526 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2528 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2530 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2532 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2534 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2578 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2580 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2582 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2584 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2586 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2588 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2590 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2592 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2594 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2596 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2598 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2642 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2644 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2646 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2648 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2650 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2652 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2654 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2656 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2658 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2660 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2662 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2706 return "DW_OP_regx";
2708 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2710 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2712 return "DW_OP_piece";
2713 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2714 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2715 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2716 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2719 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2720 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2722 return "DW_OP_call2";
2724 return "DW_OP_call4";
2725 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2726 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2727 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2728 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2730 return "OP_<unknown>";
2734 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2735 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2736 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2738 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2739 new_loc_descr (op
, oprnd1
, oprnd2
)
2740 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
2741 unsigned long oprnd1
;
2742 unsigned long oprnd2
;
2744 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2745 = (dw_loc_descr_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2747 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2748 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2749 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2750 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2751 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2757 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2760 add_loc_descr (list_head
, descr
)
2761 dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
;
2762 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
2764 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2766 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2767 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2773 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2775 static unsigned long
2776 size_of_loc_descr (loc
)
2777 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2779 unsigned long size
= 1;
2781 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2784 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2785 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2804 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2807 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2812 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2813 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2851 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2854 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2857 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2860 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2861 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2864 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2866 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2867 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2876 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2877 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2886 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2888 static unsigned long
2890 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2894 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2896 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2897 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2903 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2906 output_loc_operands (loc
)
2907 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
2909 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2910 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2912 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2914 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2916 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2920 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2924 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2928 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2930 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2937 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2938 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2942 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2955 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2956 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2957 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2958 only doing unwinding. */
2963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2966 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2969 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2972 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2974 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2975 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3009 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3012 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3015 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3018 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3019 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3022 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3024 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3025 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3026 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3029 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3030 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3031 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3033 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3040 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3045 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3048 output_loc_sequence (loc
)
3049 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3051 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3053 /* Output the opcode. */
3054 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3055 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3057 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3058 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3062 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3063 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3066 output_cfa_loc (cfi
)
3069 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3072 /* Output the size of the block. */
3073 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3074 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3075 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3077 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3078 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3081 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3082 a dw_cfa_location. */
3084 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3086 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
3088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3090 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3093 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3096 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3098 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3100 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3101 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3103 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3105 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3106 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3107 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3108 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3110 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3111 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3117 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3118 descriptor sequence. */
3121 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa
, loc
)
3122 dw_cfa_location
*cfa
;
3123 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
;
3125 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3127 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3131 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3133 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3169 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3172 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3206 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3207 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3210 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3211 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3216 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3217 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3220 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3221 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3225 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3227 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3228 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3230 /* .debug_str support. */
3231 static int output_indirect_string
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
3233 static void dwarf2out_init
PARAMS ((const char *));
3234 static void dwarf2out_finish
PARAMS ((const char *));
3235 static void dwarf2out_define
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3236 static void dwarf2out_undef
PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3237 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3238 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3239 static void dwarf2out_begin_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3240 static void dwarf2out_end_block
PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3241 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block
PARAMS ((tree
));
3242 static void dwarf2out_global_decl
PARAMS ((tree
));
3243 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function
PARAMS ((tree
));
3245 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3247 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3253 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3254 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3255 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3256 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3257 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3258 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3259 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3260 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3261 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3262 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3263 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3264 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3265 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3266 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3267 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3268 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3269 something tries to reference them. */
3270 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3271 debug_nothing_rtx
/* label */
3275 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3276 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3277 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3279 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3280 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3281 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3282 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3284 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3285 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3287 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3289 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3291 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3292 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3293 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3294 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3295 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3297 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3298 line number associated with the label generated for that
3299 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3300 the line number entry. */
3302 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3304 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3305 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3309 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3311 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3313 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3314 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3315 unsigned long function
;
3317 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3319 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3320 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3321 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3323 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3325 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3326 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3327 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3331 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3333 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3335 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3337 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3338 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3339 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3341 dw_offset die_offset
;
3342 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3347 /* The pubname structure */
3349 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3356 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3361 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3362 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3366 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3370 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3371 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3372 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3375 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3376 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3378 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3379 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3380 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3381 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3382 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3383 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3385 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3386 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3387 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3388 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3389 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3390 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3391 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3392 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3393 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3394 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3396 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3397 language, and compiler version. */
3399 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3400 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3402 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3403 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3405 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3406 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3407 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3408 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3410 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3411 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3412 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3413 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3414 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3416 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3417 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3418 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3419 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3421 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3425 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3426 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3427 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3429 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3430 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3432 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3433 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3435 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3436 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3437 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3438 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3439 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3441 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3442 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3443 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3444 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3447 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3448 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3450 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3451 /* We need special handling in dwarf2out_start_source_file if it is
3453 static int is_main_source
;
3456 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3457 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3459 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3460 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3461 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3462 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3464 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3465 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3466 number identifying each decl. */
3467 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3469 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3470 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3472 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3473 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3474 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3477 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3479 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3481 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3482 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3483 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3484 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3485 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3487 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3488 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3490 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3491 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3492 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3495 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3496 abbrev_die_table. */
3497 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3499 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3500 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3501 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3502 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3504 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3505 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3507 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3508 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3509 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3512 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3513 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3514 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3515 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3517 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3518 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3520 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3521 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3522 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3525 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3527 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3529 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3530 accessible names. */
3531 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3533 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3534 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3536 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3537 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3538 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3541 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3543 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3545 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3546 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3548 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3549 static unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3551 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3552 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3553 static unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3556 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3558 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3560 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3561 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3563 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3564 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3566 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3567 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3568 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3570 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3572 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3574 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3575 static unsigned have_location_lists
;
3577 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3578 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3580 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3581 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3584 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3586 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3588 static int is_pseudo_reg
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3589 static tree type_main_variant
PARAMS ((tree
));
3590 static int is_tagged_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3591 static const char *dwarf_tag_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3592 static const char *dwarf_attr_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3593 static const char *dwarf_form_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3595 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name
PARAMS ((unsigned));
3597 static tree decl_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3598 static tree block_ultimate_origin
PARAMS ((tree
));
3599 static tree decl_class_context
PARAMS ((tree
));
3600 static void add_dwarf_attr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
));
3601 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3602 static void add_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3603 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3605 static inline unsigned AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3606 static void add_AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3607 enum dwarf_attribute
, long));
3608 static inline long int AT_int
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3609 static void add_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3610 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3612 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3613 static void add_AT_long_long
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3614 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3617 static void add_AT_float
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3618 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3620 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash
PARAMS ((const void *));
3621 static int debug_str_eq
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3622 static void add_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3623 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3625 static inline const char *AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3626 static int AT_string_form
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3627 static void add_AT_die_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3628 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3630 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3631 static inline int AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3632 static inline void set_AT_ref_external
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, int));
3633 static void add_AT_fde_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3634 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3636 static void add_AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3637 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3639 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3640 static void add_AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3641 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3643 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3644 static void add_AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3645 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3647 static inline rtx AT_addr
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3648 static void add_AT_lbl_id
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3649 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3651 static void add_AT_lbl_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3652 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3654 static void add_AT_offset
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3655 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3657 static void add_AT_range_list
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3658 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3660 static inline const char *AT_lbl
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3661 static dw_attr_ref get_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3662 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3663 static const char *get_AT_low_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3664 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3665 static const char *get_AT_string
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3666 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3667 static int get_AT_flag
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3668 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3669 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3670 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3671 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3672 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3673 static int is_c_family
PARAMS ((void));
3674 static int is_cxx
PARAMS ((void));
3675 static int is_java
PARAMS ((void));
3676 static int is_fortran
PARAMS ((void));
3677 static void remove_AT
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3678 enum dwarf_attribute
));
3679 static inline void free_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3680 static void remove_children
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3681 static void add_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3682 static dw_die_ref new_die
PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
,
3684 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3685 static void equate_type_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3686 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3687 static void equate_decl_number_to_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3688 static void print_spaces
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3689 static void print_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, FILE *));
3690 static void print_dwarf_line_table
PARAMS ((FILE *));
3691 static void reverse_die_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3692 static void reverse_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3693 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3694 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3695 static void loc_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3697 static void attr_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
,
3700 static void die_checksum
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3703 static int same_loc_p
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3704 dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *));
3705 static int same_dw_val_p
PARAMS ((dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*,
3707 static int same_attr_p
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *));
3708 static int same_die_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *));
3709 static int same_die_p_wrap
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3710 static void compute_section_prefix
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3711 static int is_type_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3712 static int is_comdat_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3713 static int is_symbol_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3714 static void assign_symbol_names
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3715 static void break_out_includes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3716 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash
PARAMS ((const void *));
3717 static int htab_cu_eq
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3718 static void htab_cu_del
PARAMS ((void *));
3719 static int check_duplicate_cu
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *));
3720 static void record_comdat_symbol_number
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned));
3721 static void add_sibling_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3722 static void build_abbrev_table
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3723 static void output_location_lists
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3724 static int constant_size
PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3725 static unsigned long size_of_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3726 static void calc_die_sizes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3727 static void mark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3728 static void unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3729 static void unmark_all_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3730 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3731 static unsigned long size_of_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3732 static enum dwarf_form value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3733 static void output_value_format
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
3734 static void output_abbrev_section
PARAMS ((void));
3735 static void output_die_symbol
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3736 static void output_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3737 static void output_compilation_unit_header
PARAMS ((void));
3738 static void output_comp_unit
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, int));
3739 static const char *dwarf2_name
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3740 static void add_pubname
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3741 static void output_pubnames
PARAMS ((void));
3742 static void add_arange
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3743 static void output_aranges
PARAMS ((void));
3744 static unsigned int add_ranges
PARAMS ((tree
));
3745 static void output_ranges
PARAMS ((void));
3746 static void output_line_info
PARAMS ((void));
3747 static void output_file_names
PARAMS ((void));
3748 static dw_die_ref base_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
));
3749 static tree root_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3750 static int is_base_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3751 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
));
3752 static int type_is_enum
PARAMS ((tree
));
3753 static unsigned int reg_number
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3754 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3755 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((unsigned int));
3756 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3757 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
));
3758 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr
PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3759 static int is_based_loc
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3760 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
));
3761 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
, rtx
));
3762 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor
PARAMS ((rtx
));
3763 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree
PARAMS ((tree
, int));
3764 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling
PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int));
3765 static tree field_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3766 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3767 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3768 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits
PARAMS ((tree
));
3769 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset
PARAMS ((tree
));
3770 static void add_AT_location_description
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3771 enum dwarf_attribute
,
3773 static void add_data_member_location_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3774 static void add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, rtx
));
3775 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location
PARAMS ((tree
));
3776 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3777 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3778 static void add_name_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, const char *));
3779 static void add_comp_dir_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3780 static void add_bound_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
,
3781 enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
));
3782 static void add_subscript_info
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3783 static void add_byte_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3784 static void add_bit_offset_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3785 static void add_bit_size_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3786 static void add_prototyped_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3787 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3788 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3789 static void add_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3790 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
));
3791 static void push_decl_scope
PARAMS ((tree
));
3792 static void pop_decl_scope
PARAMS ((void));
3793 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3794 static inline int local_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3795 static inline int class_scope_p
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3796 static void add_type_attribute
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int,
3798 static const char *type_tag
PARAMS ((tree
));
3799 static tree member_declared_type
PARAMS ((tree
));
3801 static const char *decl_start_label
PARAMS ((tree
));
3803 static void gen_array_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3804 static void gen_set_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3806 static void gen_entry_point_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3808 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3809 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3810 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3811 static void gen_enumeration_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3812 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3813 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3814 static void gen_formal_types_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3815 static void gen_subprogram_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3816 static void gen_variable_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3817 static void gen_label_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3818 static void gen_lexical_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3819 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3820 static void gen_field_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3821 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3822 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die
PARAMS ((const char *));
3823 static void gen_string_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3824 static void gen_inheritance_die
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3825 static void gen_member_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3826 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3827 static void gen_subroutine_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3828 static void gen_typedef_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3829 static void gen_type_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3830 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3831 static void gen_block_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3832 static void decls_for_scope
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
, int));
3833 static int is_redundant_typedef
PARAMS ((tree
));
3834 static void gen_decl_die
PARAMS ((tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3835 static unsigned lookup_filename
PARAMS ((const char *));
3836 static void init_file_table
PARAMS ((void));
3837 static void retry_incomplete_types
PARAMS ((void));
3838 static void gen_type_die_for_member
PARAMS ((tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
));
3839 static void splice_child_die
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
));
3840 static int file_info_cmp
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3841 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3842 const char *, const char *,
3843 const char *, unsigned));
3844 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
*,
3846 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3847 static void output_loc_list
PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref
));
3848 static char *gen_internal_sym
PARAMS ((const char *));
3850 static void prune_unmark_dies
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3851 static void prune_unused_types_mark
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
, int));
3852 static void prune_unused_types_walk
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3853 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3854 static void prune_unused_types_prune
PARAMS ((dw_die_ref
));
3855 static void prune_unused_types
PARAMS ((void));
3856 static int maybe_emit_file
PARAMS ((int));
3858 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3859 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3860 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3862 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3863 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3865 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3866 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3868 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3869 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3871 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3872 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3874 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3875 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3877 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3878 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3880 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3881 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3883 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3884 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3887 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3888 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3889 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3892 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3893 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3894 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3895 (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
3897 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3900 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3901 the section names themselves. */
3903 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3904 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3906 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3907 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3909 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3910 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3912 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3913 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3915 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3916 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3918 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3919 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3921 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3922 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3925 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3926 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3927 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3928 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3929 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3931 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3932 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3933 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3934 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3935 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3936 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3937 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3938 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3940 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3941 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3943 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3944 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3946 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3947 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3949 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3950 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3952 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3953 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3956 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3957 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3959 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3962 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func
)
3963 const char *(*func
) PARAMS ((const char *));
3965 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3968 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3974 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3975 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3976 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3979 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3983 type_main_variant (type
)
3986 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3988 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3989 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3990 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3991 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3993 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3994 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3995 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4000 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4003 is_tagged_type (type
)
4006 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4008 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4009 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4012 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4015 dwarf_tag_name (tag
)
4020 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4021 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4022 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4023 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4024 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4025 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4026 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4027 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4028 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4029 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4030 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4031 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4032 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4033 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4035 return "DW_TAG_label";
4036 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4037 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4039 return "DW_TAG_member";
4040 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4041 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4042 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4043 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4044 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4045 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4046 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4047 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4048 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4049 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4050 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4051 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4052 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4053 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4054 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4055 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4056 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4057 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4058 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4059 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4060 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4061 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4062 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4063 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4064 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4065 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4066 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4067 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4069 return "DW_TAG_module";
4070 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4071 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4072 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4073 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4074 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4075 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4076 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4077 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4078 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4079 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4080 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4081 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4082 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4083 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4084 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4085 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4086 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4087 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4088 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4089 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4090 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4091 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4093 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4094 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4095 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4096 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4097 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4098 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4099 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4100 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4101 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4102 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4103 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4104 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4105 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4106 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4107 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4108 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4109 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4110 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4111 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4112 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4113 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4114 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4115 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4116 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4117 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4118 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4119 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4120 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4121 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4122 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4123 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4124 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4125 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4126 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4127 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4129 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4133 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4136 dwarf_attr_name (attr
)
4142 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4143 case DW_AT_location
:
4144 return "DW_AT_location";
4146 return "DW_AT_name";
4147 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4148 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4149 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4150 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4151 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4152 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4153 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4154 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4155 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4156 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4157 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4158 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4159 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4160 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4162 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4164 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4165 case DW_AT_language
:
4166 return "DW_AT_language";
4168 return "DW_AT_member";
4170 return "DW_AT_discr";
4171 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4172 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4173 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4174 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4176 return "DW_AT_import";
4177 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4178 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4179 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4180 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4181 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4182 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4183 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4184 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4185 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4186 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4187 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4188 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4190 return "DW_AT_inline";
4191 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4192 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4193 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4194 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4195 case DW_AT_producer
:
4196 return "DW_AT_producer";
4197 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4198 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4199 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4200 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4201 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4202 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4203 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4204 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4205 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4206 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4207 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4208 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4209 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4210 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4211 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4212 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4213 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4214 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4215 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4216 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4217 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4218 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4220 return "DW_AT_count";
4221 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4222 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4223 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4224 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4225 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4226 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4227 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4228 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4229 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4230 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4231 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4232 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4233 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4234 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4235 case DW_AT_external
:
4236 return "DW_AT_external";
4237 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4238 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4240 return "DW_AT_friend";
4241 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4242 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4243 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4244 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4245 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4246 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4247 case DW_AT_priority
:
4248 return "DW_AT_priority";
4250 return "DW_AT_segment";
4251 case DW_AT_specification
:
4252 return "DW_AT_specification";
4253 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4254 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4256 return "DW_AT_type";
4257 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4258 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4259 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4260 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4261 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4262 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4263 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4264 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4266 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4267 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4268 case DW_AT_associated
:
4269 return "DW_AT_associated";
4270 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4271 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4273 return "DW_AT_stride";
4274 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4275 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4276 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4277 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4278 case DW_AT_extension
:
4279 return "DW_AT_extension";
4281 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4282 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4283 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4284 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4285 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4286 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4287 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4288 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4289 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4291 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4292 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4293 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4294 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4295 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4296 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4297 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4298 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4299 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4300 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4301 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4302 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4303 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4304 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4305 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4306 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4307 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4308 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4309 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4310 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4311 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4312 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4314 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4315 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4316 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4317 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4318 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4319 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4320 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4321 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4322 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4323 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4324 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4325 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4326 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4327 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4329 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4330 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4333 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4337 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4340 dwarf_form_name (form
)
4346 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4347 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4348 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4349 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4350 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4352 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4354 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4356 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4357 case DW_FORM_string
:
4358 return "DW_FORM_string";
4360 return "DW_FORM_block";
4361 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4362 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4364 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4366 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4368 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4370 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4372 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4373 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4374 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4376 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4378 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4380 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4382 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4383 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4384 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4385 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4386 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4388 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4392 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4396 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc
)
4401 case DW_ATE_address
:
4402 return "DW_ATE_address";
4403 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4404 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4405 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4406 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4408 return "DW_ATE_float";
4410 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4411 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4412 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4413 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4414 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4415 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4416 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4418 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4423 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4424 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4425 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4426 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4430 decl_ultimate_origin (decl
)
4433 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4434 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4435 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4436 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4439 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4440 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4441 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4442 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4446 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4449 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4450 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4451 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4452 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4456 block_ultimate_origin (block
)
4459 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4461 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4462 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4463 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4464 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4467 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4472 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4476 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4477 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4478 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4480 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4486 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4487 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4491 decl_class_context (decl
)
4494 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4496 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4497 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4499 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4500 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4502 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4503 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4508 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4509 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4512 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
)
4516 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4518 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4519 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4523 static inline enum dw_val_class
4527 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4530 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4533 add_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
, flag
)
4535 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4538 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4540 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4541 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4542 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4543 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4544 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4547 static inline unsigned
4551 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4552 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4557 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4560 add_AT_int (die
, attr_kind
, int_val
)
4562 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4565 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4567 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4568 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4569 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4570 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4571 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4574 static inline long int
4578 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4579 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4584 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4587 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
, unsigned_val
)
4589 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4590 unsigned long unsigned_val
;
4592 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4594 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4595 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4596 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4597 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4598 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4601 static inline unsigned long
4605 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4606 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4611 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4614 add_AT_long_long (die
, attr_kind
, val_hi
, val_low
)
4616 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4617 unsigned long val_hi
;
4618 unsigned long val_low
;
4620 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4622 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4623 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4624 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4625 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4626 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4627 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4630 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4633 add_AT_float (die
, attr_kind
, length
, array
)
4635 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4639 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4641 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4642 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4643 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4644 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4645 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4646 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4649 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4652 debug_str_do_hash (x
)
4655 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4659 debug_str_eq (x1
, x2
)
4663 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4664 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4667 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4670 add_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
, str
)
4672 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4675 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4676 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4679 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4680 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4681 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4683 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4684 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4686 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4687 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4688 node
->str
= ggc_alloc_string (str
, -1);
4691 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4692 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4693 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4694 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4695 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4698 static inline const char *
4702 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4703 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4708 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4709 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4715 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4717 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4721 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4725 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4727 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4728 always better to put it inline. */
4729 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4730 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4732 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4733 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4735 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4736 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4737 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4739 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4740 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4741 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4743 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4749 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4752 add_AT_die_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_die
)
4754 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4755 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
4757 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4759 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4760 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4761 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4762 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4763 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4764 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4767 static inline dw_die_ref
4771 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4772 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4781 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4782 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4788 set_AT_ref_external (a
, i
)
4792 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4793 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4798 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4801 add_AT_fde_ref (die
, attr_kind
, targ_fde
)
4803 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4806 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4808 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4809 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4810 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4811 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4812 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4815 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4818 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, loc
)
4820 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4821 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4823 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4825 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4826 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4827 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4828 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4829 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4832 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4836 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4837 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4843 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, loc_list
)
4845 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4846 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
;
4848 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4850 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4851 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4852 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4853 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4854 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4855 have_location_lists
= 1;
4858 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4862 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4863 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4868 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4871 add_AT_addr (die
, attr_kind
, addr
)
4873 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4876 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4878 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4879 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4880 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4881 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4882 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4889 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4890 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4895 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4898 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, attr_kind
, lbl_id
)
4900 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4903 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4905 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4906 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4907 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4908 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4909 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4912 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4915 add_AT_lbl_offset (die
, attr_kind
, label
)
4917 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4920 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4922 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4923 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4924 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4925 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4926 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4929 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4932 add_AT_offset (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4934 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4935 unsigned long offset
;
4937 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4939 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4940 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4941 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4942 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4943 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4946 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4949 add_AT_range_list (die
, attr_kind
, offset
)
4951 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4952 unsigned long offset
;
4954 dw_attr_ref attr
= (dw_attr_ref
) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4956 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4957 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4958 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4959 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4960 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4963 static inline const char *
4967 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4968 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4969 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4974 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4976 static inline dw_attr_ref
4977 get_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
4979 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
4982 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4986 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4987 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4989 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4990 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4994 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5000 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5001 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5002 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5004 static inline const char *
5008 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5010 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5013 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5014 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5015 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5017 static inline const char *
5021 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5023 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5026 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5027 NULL if it is not present. */
5029 static inline const char *
5030 get_AT_string (die
, attr_kind
)
5032 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5034 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5036 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5039 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5040 if it is not present. */
5043 get_AT_flag (die
, attr_kind
)
5045 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5047 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5049 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5052 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5053 if it is not present. */
5055 static inline unsigned
5056 get_AT_unsigned (die
, attr_kind
)
5058 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5060 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5062 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5065 static inline dw_die_ref
5066 get_AT_ref (die
, attr_kind
)
5068 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5070 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5072 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5078 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5080 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
5081 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5087 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
5088 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
5094 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5096 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
);
5102 unsigned lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5104 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Java
);
5107 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5109 static inline void free_AT
PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref
));
5114 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5115 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5116 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5119 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5122 remove_AT (die
, attr_kind
)
5124 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
5127 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5131 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5132 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5135 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5144 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5150 remove_children (die
);
5153 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5156 remove_children (die
)
5159 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5161 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5163 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5165 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5168 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5170 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5172 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5174 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5182 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5183 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5186 add_child_die (die
, child_die
)
5188 dw_die_ref child_die
;
5190 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5192 if (die
== child_die
)
5195 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5196 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5197 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5201 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5202 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5205 splice_child_die (parent
, child
)
5206 dw_die_ref parent
, child
;
5210 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5211 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5212 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5214 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5220 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5221 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5224 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5227 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5231 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5232 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5233 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5236 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5238 static inline dw_die_ref
5239 new_die (tag_value
, parent_die
, t
)
5240 enum dwarf_tag tag_value
;
5241 dw_die_ref parent_die
;
5244 dw_die_ref die
= (dw_die_ref
) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5246 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5248 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5249 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5252 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5254 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5255 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5256 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5257 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5258 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5264 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5266 static inline dw_die_ref
5267 lookup_type_die (type
)
5270 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5273 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5276 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
)
5278 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5280 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5283 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5285 static inline dw_die_ref
5286 lookup_decl_die (decl
)
5289 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5291 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5294 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5297 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
)
5299 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
5301 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5302 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5304 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5307 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5308 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5309 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5311 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5312 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5314 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5315 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5316 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5319 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5320 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5322 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5325 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5326 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5327 the DIE internal representation. */
5328 static int print_indent
;
5330 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5333 print_spaces (outfile
)
5336 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5339 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5340 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5343 print_die (die
, outfile
)
5350 print_spaces (outfile
);
5351 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5352 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5353 print_spaces (outfile
);
5354 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5355 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5357 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5359 print_spaces (outfile
);
5360 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5362 switch (AT_class (a
))
5364 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5365 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5367 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5368 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5370 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5371 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5373 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5374 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5375 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5377 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5378 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5380 case dw_val_class_const
:
5381 fprintf (outfile
, "%ld", AT_int (a
));
5383 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5384 fprintf (outfile
, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a
));
5386 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5387 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5388 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5389 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5391 case dw_val_class_float
:
5392 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5394 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5395 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5397 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5398 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5400 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5401 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5403 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5406 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5408 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5409 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5410 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5412 case dw_val_class_str
:
5413 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5414 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5416 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5422 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5425 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5428 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5429 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5433 if (print_indent
== 0)
5434 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5437 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5438 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5441 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile
)
5445 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5447 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5448 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5450 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5451 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5452 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5453 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5454 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5455 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5458 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5461 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5464 debug_dwarf_die (die
)
5467 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5470 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5471 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5477 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5478 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5479 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5482 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5483 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5484 they are in order of addition. */
5487 reverse_die_lists (die
)
5490 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5491 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5493 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5495 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5496 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5502 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5509 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5512 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5513 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5514 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5515 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5516 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5519 reverse_all_dies (die
)
5524 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5526 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5527 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5530 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5531 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5532 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5535 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit
, bincl_die
)
5536 dw_die_ref old_unit
, bincl_die
;
5538 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5539 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5541 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5545 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5548 pop_compile_unit (old_unit
)
5549 dw_die_ref old_unit
;
5551 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5553 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5557 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5558 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5560 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5563 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
)
5564 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5565 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5567 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5568 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5569 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5572 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5575 attr_checksum (at
, ctx
, mark
)
5577 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5580 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5583 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5585 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5586 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5587 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5588 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5589 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5592 switch (AT_class (at
))
5594 case dw_val_class_const
:
5595 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5597 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5598 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5600 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5601 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5603 case dw_val_class_float
:
5604 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5606 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5607 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5609 case dw_val_class_str
:
5610 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5613 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5615 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5618 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5626 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5627 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5630 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5631 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5632 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5635 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5636 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5639 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5640 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5641 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5649 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5652 die_checksum (die
, ctx
, mark
)
5654 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
;
5660 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5663 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5666 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5668 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5670 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5671 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5673 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5674 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5678 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5680 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5682 same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
)
5683 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
;
5684 dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
;
5687 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5688 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5689 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5692 /* Do the values look the same? */
5694 same_dw_val_p (v1
, v2
, mark
)
5699 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5703 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5706 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5708 case dw_val_class_const
:
5709 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5710 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5711 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5712 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5713 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5714 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5715 case dw_val_class_float
:
5716 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5718 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5719 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5722 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5723 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5724 case dw_val_class_str
:
5725 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5727 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5728 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5729 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5730 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5732 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5735 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5741 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5742 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5744 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5745 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5747 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5748 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5750 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5752 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5753 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5755 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5756 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5757 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5765 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5768 same_attr_p (at1
, at2
, mark
)
5773 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5776 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5777 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5778 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5779 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5780 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5783 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5786 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5789 same_die_p (die1
, die2
, mark
)
5797 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5799 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5800 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5802 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5805 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5807 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5808 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5813 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5815 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5816 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5824 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5827 same_die_p_wrap (die1
, die2
)
5832 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5834 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5835 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5840 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5842 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5844 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5845 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5847 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5848 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5851 compute_section_prefix (unit_die
)
5852 dw_die_ref unit_die
;
5854 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5855 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5856 char *name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5859 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5862 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5863 the name filename of the unit. */
5865 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5867 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5868 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5869 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5871 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5872 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5874 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5875 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5877 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5881 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5882 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5885 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5891 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5893 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5894 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5895 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5896 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5897 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5898 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5899 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5900 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5901 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5902 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5903 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5904 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5905 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5906 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5907 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5908 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5909 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5910 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5917 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5918 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5919 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5920 compilations (functions). */
5926 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5927 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5928 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5929 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5931 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5934 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5935 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5936 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5937 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5939 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5941 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5944 return is_type_die (c
);
5947 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5948 compilation unit. */
5954 return (is_type_die (c
)
5955 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5956 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5960 gen_internal_sym (prefix
)
5964 static int label_num
;
5966 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5967 return xstrdup (buf
);
5970 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5973 assign_symbol_names (die
)
5978 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5980 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5982 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5984 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5985 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5986 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5989 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5992 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5993 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5996 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5999 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6000 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6003 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6008 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6010 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6014 htab_cu_eq (of1
, of2
)
6018 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6019 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6021 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6028 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6038 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6041 check_duplicate_cu (cu
, htable
, sym_num
)
6046 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6047 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6049 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6051 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6052 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6056 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6058 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6064 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6068 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
6070 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6071 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6077 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6079 record_comdat_symbol_number (cu
, htable
, sym_num
)
6084 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6086 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6087 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6091 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6094 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6095 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6096 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6099 break_out_includes (die
)
6103 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6104 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6105 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6107 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
6109 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
6111 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6112 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6114 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6117 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6119 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6122 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6124 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6128 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6132 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6133 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
6139 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6140 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6145 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6146 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6147 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6153 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6154 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6155 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6156 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6158 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6161 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6162 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6163 comdat_symbol_number
);
6166 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6169 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6170 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6171 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6174 add_sibling_attributes (die
)
6179 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6180 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6181 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6182 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6184 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6185 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6188 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6191 output_location_lists (die
)
6197 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6198 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6199 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6201 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6202 output_location_lists (c
);
6206 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6207 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6208 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6209 die are visited recursively. */
6212 build_abbrev_table (die
)
6215 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6216 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6218 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6220 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6221 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6222 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6223 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6224 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6226 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6229 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6232 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6234 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6236 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6238 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6240 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6241 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6243 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6245 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6246 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6249 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6250 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6253 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6259 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6261 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6263 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6264 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6265 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6267 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6268 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6269 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6272 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6273 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6276 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6277 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6278 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6281 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6284 constant_size (value
)
6285 long unsigned value
;
6292 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6295 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6300 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6301 .debug_info section. */
6303 static unsigned long
6307 unsigned long size
= 0;
6310 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6311 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6313 switch (AT_class (a
))
6315 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6316 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6318 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6319 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6321 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6323 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6326 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6330 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6331 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6333 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6334 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6336 case dw_val_class_const
:
6337 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6339 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6340 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6342 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6343 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6345 case dw_val_class_float
:
6346 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6348 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6351 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6352 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6353 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6355 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6357 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6358 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6360 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6361 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6363 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6364 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6366 case dw_val_class_str
:
6367 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6368 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6370 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6380 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6381 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6382 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6383 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6386 calc_die_sizes (die
)
6391 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6392 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6394 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6397 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6398 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6399 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6402 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6403 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6404 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6405 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6417 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6421 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6433 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6437 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6440 unmark_all_dies (die
)
6450 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6451 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6453 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6454 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6455 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6458 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6459 compilation unit. */
6461 static unsigned long
6467 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6468 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6470 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6471 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6474 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6478 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6480 static unsigned long
6485 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6487 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6488 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6489 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6491 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6492 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6496 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6498 static enum dwarf_form
6502 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6504 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6505 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6506 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6507 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6508 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6509 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6510 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6511 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6513 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6514 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6515 .debug_loc section */
6516 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6517 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6518 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6521 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6523 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6527 case dw_val_class_const
:
6528 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6529 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6530 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6533 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6535 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6537 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6539 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6543 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6544 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6545 case dw_val_class_float
:
6546 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6547 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6548 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6549 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6550 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6551 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6554 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6555 return DW_FORM_data
;
6556 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6557 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6558 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6559 return DW_FORM_data
;
6560 case dw_val_class_str
:
6561 return AT_string_form (a
);
6568 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6571 output_value_format (a
)
6574 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6576 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6579 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6583 output_abbrev_section ()
6585 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6589 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6591 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6593 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6594 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6595 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6597 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6598 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6600 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6602 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6603 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6605 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6606 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6607 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6610 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6611 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6614 /* Terminate the table. */
6615 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6618 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6621 output_die_symbol (die
)
6624 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6629 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6630 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6631 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6633 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6635 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6638 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6639 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6640 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6642 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6643 new_loc_list (expr
, begin
, end
, section
, gensym
)
6644 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
6647 const char *section
;
6650 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6652 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6654 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6655 retlist
->section
= section
;
6657 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6662 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6665 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head
, descr
, begin
, end
, section
)
6666 dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
;
6667 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
6670 const char *section
;
6674 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6675 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6678 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6679 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6682 /* Output the location list given to us */
6685 output_loc_list (list_head
)
6686 dw_loc_list_ref list_head
;
6688 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6690 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6692 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6693 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6694 in more than one section. */
6695 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6697 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6698 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6699 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6700 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6701 "Location list base address specifier base");
6704 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6708 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6709 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6710 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6711 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6712 "Location list end address (%s)",
6713 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6714 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6716 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6719 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6721 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6724 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6725 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6726 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6727 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6728 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6729 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6732 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6733 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6743 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6744 them to point to. */
6745 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6746 output_die_symbol (die
);
6748 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6749 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6751 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6753 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6755 switch (AT_class (a
))
6757 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6758 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6761 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6762 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6766 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6768 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6770 sprintf (p
, "+0x%lx", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6771 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6777 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6778 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6780 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6781 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6783 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6786 case dw_val_class_const
:
6787 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6788 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6789 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6790 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6793 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6794 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6795 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6798 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6800 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6802 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6803 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6806 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6808 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6809 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6813 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6814 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6817 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6818 first
, "long long constant");
6819 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6824 case dw_val_class_float
:
6828 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6831 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6832 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6833 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6837 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6838 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6841 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6843 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6847 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6848 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6852 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6853 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6855 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6859 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6861 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6864 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6868 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6872 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6873 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6874 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6878 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6879 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6882 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6883 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6886 case dw_val_class_str
:
6887 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6888 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6889 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6890 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6892 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6900 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6903 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6904 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6905 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6909 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6910 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6913 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6915 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6916 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6917 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6918 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6919 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6920 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6923 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6926 output_comp_unit (die
, output_if_empty
)
6928 int output_if_empty
;
6930 const char *secname
;
6933 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6934 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6937 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6938 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6939 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6940 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6941 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6944 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6946 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6947 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6948 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6950 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6953 tmp
= (char *) alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6955 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6957 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6960 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6962 /* Output debugging information. */
6963 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6964 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6967 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6972 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
6976 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6977 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6978 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6981 dwarf2_name (decl
, scope
)
6985 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6988 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6991 add_pubname (decl
, die
)
6997 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7000 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
7002 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7004 = (pubname_ref
) ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
7005 (pubname_table_allocated
7006 * sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
7007 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
7008 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
7011 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
7013 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7016 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7017 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7018 visible procedures. */
7024 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
7026 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7027 "Length of Public Names Info");
7028 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7029 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7030 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7031 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7032 "Compilation Unit Length");
7034 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
7036 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
7038 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7039 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
7042 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7045 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7048 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7051 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7054 add_arange (decl
, die
)
7058 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7061 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7063 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7064 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7065 (arange_table_allocated
7066 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7067 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7068 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7071 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7074 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7075 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7076 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7082 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7084 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7085 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7086 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7087 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7088 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7089 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7090 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7092 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7093 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7095 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7097 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7098 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7099 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7100 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7103 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7104 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7105 text_section_label
, "Length");
7107 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7109 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7111 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7112 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
7115 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7117 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7119 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7120 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7124 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7125 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7126 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7127 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7128 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7130 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
7134 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
7137 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7138 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7139 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7140 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7145 /* Output the terminator words. */
7146 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7147 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7150 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7157 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7159 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7161 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7162 ranges_table
= (dw_ranges_ref
)
7163 ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7164 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7165 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7166 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7169 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7170 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7172 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7179 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7180 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7182 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7184 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7188 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7189 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7191 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7192 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7194 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7195 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7196 base of the text section. */
7197 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7199 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7201 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7202 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7203 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7206 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7207 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7208 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7209 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7212 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7213 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7214 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7221 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7222 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7228 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7231 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7232 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7233 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7234 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7235 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7238 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7242 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7243 int length
; /* Path length. */
7244 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7245 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7246 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7247 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7250 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7251 the directories in the path. */
7254 file_info_cmp (p1
, p2
)
7258 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7259 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7263 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7264 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7265 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7266 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7267 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7268 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7269 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7271 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7272 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7278 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7279 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7280 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7281 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7282 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7284 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7285 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7290 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7291 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7292 slowdowns with many input files. */
7295 output_file_names ()
7297 struct file_info
*files
;
7298 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7307 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7308 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7310 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7311 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7315 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7316 files
= (struct file_info
*) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
)
7317 * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7318 dirs
= (struct dir_info
*) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
)
7319 * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7321 /* Sort the file names. */
7322 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7326 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7327 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7328 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7331 /* Create a new array entry. */
7333 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7334 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7336 /* Search for the file name part. */
7337 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7338 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7341 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7342 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7344 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7345 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7346 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7347 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7349 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7351 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7354 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7355 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7356 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7357 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7359 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7360 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7361 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7367 /* This is a new directory. */
7368 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7369 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7370 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7371 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7372 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7373 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7375 /* Search for a prefix. */
7376 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7377 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7378 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7379 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7380 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7381 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7382 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7383 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7388 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7389 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7390 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7391 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7392 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7393 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7394 saved
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7395 savehere
= (int *) alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7397 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7398 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7403 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7404 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7405 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7406 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7408 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7411 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7413 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7418 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7423 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7424 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7426 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7427 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7432 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7434 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7436 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7437 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7438 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7440 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7441 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7443 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7444 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7449 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7450 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7451 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7452 backmap
= (int *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7453 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7455 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7457 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7458 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7461 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7462 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7463 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7464 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7465 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7467 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7468 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7469 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7471 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7472 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7473 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7476 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7478 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7480 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7483 /* Now write all the file names. */
7484 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7486 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7487 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7489 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7490 "File Entry: 0x%x", i
);
7492 /* Include directory index. */
7493 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7495 /* Modification time. */
7496 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7498 /* File length in bytes. */
7499 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7502 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7506 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7507 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7512 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7513 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7514 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7517 unsigned long lt_index
;
7518 unsigned long current_line
;
7521 unsigned long current_file
;
7522 unsigned long function
;
7524 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7525 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7526 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7527 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7529 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7530 "Length of Source Line Info");
7531 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7533 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7534 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7535 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7537 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7538 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7539 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7540 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7541 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7542 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7543 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7544 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7545 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7546 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7548 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7549 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7550 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7551 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7552 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7553 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7554 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7555 "Special Opcode Base");
7557 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7561 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7562 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7563 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7564 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7565 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7573 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7577 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7578 output_file_names ();
7579 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7581 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7582 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7583 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7585 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7586 a series of state machine operations. */
7589 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7590 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7592 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7595 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7596 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7599 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7600 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7601 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7602 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7603 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7607 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7609 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7610 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7611 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7612 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7613 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7614 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7616 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7619 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7620 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7621 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7622 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7626 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7627 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7628 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7629 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7630 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7631 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7634 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7636 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7637 different from the previous line. */
7638 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7640 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7641 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7642 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7643 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7647 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7648 that uses the least amount of space. */
7649 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7651 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7652 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7653 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7654 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7655 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7656 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7658 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7659 "line %lu", current_line
);
7662 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7663 depending on the value being encoded. */
7664 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7665 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7666 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7667 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7671 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7672 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7675 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7678 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7679 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7680 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7684 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7685 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7686 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7687 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7690 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7691 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7692 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7697 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7699 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7700 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7703 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7704 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7705 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7706 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7710 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7711 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7712 to handle it differently. */
7713 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7715 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7717 function
= line_info
->function
;
7719 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7720 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7721 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7722 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7723 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7727 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7730 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7731 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7732 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7736 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7737 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7738 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7739 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7743 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7745 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7746 different from the previous line. */
7747 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7749 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7750 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7751 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7752 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7756 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7757 that uses the least amount of space. */
7758 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7760 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7761 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7762 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7763 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7764 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7765 "line %lu", current_line
);
7768 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7769 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7770 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7771 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7775 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7783 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7784 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7785 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7790 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7791 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7794 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7795 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7796 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7800 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7801 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7803 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7806 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7808 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7809 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7813 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7814 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7817 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7818 a DIE that describes the given type.
7820 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7821 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7824 base_type_die (type
)
7827 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7828 const char *type_name
;
7829 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7830 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7832 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7837 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7838 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7840 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7843 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7845 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7848 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7849 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7850 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7852 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7853 && (type
== char_type_node
7854 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7855 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7857 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7858 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7860 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7863 /* else fall through. */
7866 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7867 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7868 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7870 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7874 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7877 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7878 a user defined type for it. */
7880 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7881 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7883 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7887 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7888 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7892 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7896 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7897 if (demangle_name_func
)
7898 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7900 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7901 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7902 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7903 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7905 return base_type_result
;
7908 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7909 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7910 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7911 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7912 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7913 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7914 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7915 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7921 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7922 return error_mark_node
;
7924 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7927 return error_mark_node
;
7930 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7931 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7934 return type_main_variant (type
);
7938 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7939 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7945 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7960 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7965 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7979 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7980 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7981 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7982 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7985 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7986 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
)
7990 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7991 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
7992 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
7994 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
7995 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
7997 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8000 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8001 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8004 modified_type_die (type
, is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
, context_die
)
8007 int is_volatile_type
;
8008 dw_die_ref context_die
;
8010 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8011 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
8012 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8013 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8015 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
8017 tree qualified_type
;
8019 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8022 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8023 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8025 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8027 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8030 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8032 return mod_type_die
;
8035 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8036 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
8037 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
8038 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
8040 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
8041 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
8043 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8045 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8046 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8047 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8049 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8050 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
8051 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8052 type to which it refers. */
8054 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
8055 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8058 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8064 else if (is_const_type
)
8066 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8067 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8069 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8071 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8072 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8074 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8076 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8077 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8078 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8080 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8082 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8084 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8086 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8087 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8088 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8090 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
8092 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8094 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8095 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8098 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8100 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8101 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8102 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8103 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8104 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8106 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8107 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8109 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8110 not the main variant. */
8111 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8112 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
8116 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8117 type
= qualified_type
;
8121 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
8123 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8124 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8125 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8126 types are possible in Ada. */
8127 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8128 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8129 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8132 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8133 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8135 return mod_type_die
;
8138 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8139 an enumerated type. */
8145 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8148 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8154 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8156 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8159 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8162 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8163 zero if there is none. */
8165 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8166 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
)
8172 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8175 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8176 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
8178 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
8180 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8182 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8185 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8186 a given hard register number. */
8188 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8189 one_reg_loc_descriptor (regno
)
8193 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8195 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8198 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8199 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8201 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8202 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
)
8207 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8209 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8210 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8212 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8213 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8215 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8222 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8223 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8224 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8230 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8232 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8235 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8238 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8242 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8243 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8244 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8245 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8250 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8252 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8253 int_loc_descriptor (i
)
8256 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8258 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8259 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8263 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8266 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8268 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8278 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8280 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8281 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8287 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8290 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8292 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8293 based_loc_descr (reg
, offset
)
8297 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8298 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8299 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8301 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8302 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8303 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8306 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8308 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8310 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8315 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8321 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8322 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8323 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8324 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8327 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8328 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8329 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8330 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8332 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8333 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8334 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8335 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8337 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8338 autoincrement addressing modes.
8340 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8342 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8343 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
)
8345 enum machine_mode mode
;
8347 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8349 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8350 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8351 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8352 zeroth element of the array. */
8354 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8356 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8361 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8362 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8364 /* ... fall through ... */
8367 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8368 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8369 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8370 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8371 contains the given subreg. */
8372 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8374 /* ... fall through ... */
8377 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8378 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8379 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8380 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8381 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8382 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8383 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8384 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8385 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8386 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8387 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8388 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8389 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8390 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8391 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8395 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8396 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8397 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8401 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8402 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8406 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8407 by a different symbol. */
8408 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8411 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8413 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8416 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8417 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8422 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8423 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8424 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8425 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8430 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8431 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8432 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8433 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8437 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8439 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8444 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8446 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8447 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8448 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8449 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8451 /* ... fall through ... */
8455 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8456 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8457 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8460 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8461 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8464 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8465 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8466 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8467 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8468 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8471 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8472 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8473 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8474 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8481 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8482 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8483 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8484 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8486 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8489 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8490 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8491 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8496 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8500 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8502 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8503 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8511 return mem_loc_result
;
8514 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8515 This is typically a complex variable. */
8517 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8518 concat_loc_descriptor (x0
, x1
)
8521 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8522 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8523 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8525 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8528 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8529 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8530 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8531 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8533 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8534 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8535 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8536 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8538 return cc_loc_result
;
8541 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8542 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8543 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8544 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8545 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8547 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8549 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8550 loc_descriptor (rtl
)
8553 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8555 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8558 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8559 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8560 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8561 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8562 contains the given subreg. */
8563 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8565 /* ... fall through ... */
8568 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8572 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8576 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8586 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8587 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8588 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8589 descriptor, return 0. */
8591 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8592 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc
, addressp
)
8596 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8598 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8599 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8601 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8602 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8605 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8610 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8611 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8612 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8613 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8614 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8615 the names of types. */
8622 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8623 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8624 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8625 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8626 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8627 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8628 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8629 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8632 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8633 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8637 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8641 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8642 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8646 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8647 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8648 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8651 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8652 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8655 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8657 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8658 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8661 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8662 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8663 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8665 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8666 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8675 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8677 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8679 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8681 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8682 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8683 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8688 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8690 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8693 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8696 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8702 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8707 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8711 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8712 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8714 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8719 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8722 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8723 enum machine_mode mode
;
8726 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8727 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8732 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8734 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8737 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8739 /* Variable offset. */
8740 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8741 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8747 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8749 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8750 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8752 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8753 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8759 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8760 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8765 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8766 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8771 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8777 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8782 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8790 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8803 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8807 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8808 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8810 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8814 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8815 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8816 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8826 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8833 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8840 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8847 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8862 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8863 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8864 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8867 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8868 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8871 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8885 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8889 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8893 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8894 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8895 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8896 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8898 /* ... fall through ... */
8902 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8903 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8904 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8905 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8906 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8908 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8909 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8912 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8913 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8915 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8916 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8917 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8919 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8920 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8921 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8923 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8924 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8925 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8926 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8927 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8935 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8936 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8939 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8940 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8942 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8944 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8946 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8949 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8951 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8957 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8958 which is not less than the value itself. */
8960 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8961 ceiling (value
, boundary
)
8962 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
8963 unsigned int boundary
;
8965 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8968 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8969 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8970 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8979 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8980 return integer_type_node
;
8982 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8983 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8984 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8989 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8990 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8991 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8993 static inline unsigned
8994 simple_type_align_in_bits (type
)
8997 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9000 static inline unsigned
9001 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
)
9004 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9007 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9008 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9009 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9010 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9011 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9014 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9015 field_byte_offset (decl
)
9018 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9019 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9020 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
9021 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9023 tree field_size_tree
;
9024 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9025 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9026 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9028 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9030 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9033 type
= field_type (decl
);
9034 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
9036 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9037 a flexible array member. */
9038 if (! field_size_tree
)
9039 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
9041 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9042 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9043 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9044 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9047 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9049 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9050 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
9051 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
9053 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
9055 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9056 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
9057 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
9059 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9060 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9061 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9062 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9063 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9064 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9065 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9066 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9068 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9070 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9071 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9072 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9073 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9074 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9075 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9076 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9077 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9078 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9079 bits of the bit-field itself.
9081 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9082 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9083 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9084 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9085 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9086 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9087 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9088 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9089 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9091 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9092 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9093 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9094 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9095 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9096 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9098 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9099 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9100 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9102 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9103 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9104 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9106 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9107 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9108 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9109 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9111 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9113 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9114 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9116 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9117 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9118 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9119 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9122 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9125 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9126 associated with them. */
9128 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9130 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9131 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9132 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9135 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr_kind
, descr
)
9137 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
;
9138 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9141 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9144 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9145 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9146 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9147 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9148 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9149 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9152 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9153 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9154 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9155 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9156 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9157 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9158 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9159 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9160 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9164 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, decl
)
9169 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9171 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9173 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9174 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9176 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9177 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9178 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9179 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9181 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9183 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9185 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9187 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9188 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9189 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9191 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9192 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9193 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9195 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9196 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9200 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9201 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9202 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9203 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9205 /* Extract the offset. */
9206 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9207 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9209 /* Add it to the object address. */
9210 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9211 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9214 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9217 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9221 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9223 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9224 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9225 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9227 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9228 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9229 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9233 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9236 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9239 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9242 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9243 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9244 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9245 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9246 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9249 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
)
9253 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9256 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9257 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9258 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9259 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9260 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9262 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9264 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9265 if (val
< 0 && (long) val
== val
)
9266 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (long) val
);
9267 else if ((unsigned long) val
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
)
9268 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned long) val
);
9271 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
9272 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9273 val
>> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
, val
);
9282 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9283 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9284 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9285 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9287 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9289 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9291 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9292 long *array
= (long *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9295 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9299 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv
, array
[0]);
9303 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9308 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv
, array
);
9315 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9319 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9320 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9323 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9324 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9330 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9336 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9337 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9341 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9342 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9343 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9344 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9345 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9346 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9347 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9348 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9349 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9350 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9351 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9355 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9362 rtl_for_decl_location (decl
)
9367 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9368 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9369 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9371 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9372 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9373 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9374 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9375 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9376 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9377 referenced within the function.
9379 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9380 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9381 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9382 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9384 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9385 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9386 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9387 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9388 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9389 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9391 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9392 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9393 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9394 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9395 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9396 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9397 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9398 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9399 output at debug-time.
9401 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9402 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9403 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9404 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9405 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9406 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9407 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9408 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9409 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9410 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9411 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9412 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9413 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9415 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9416 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9417 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9418 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9419 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9420 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9421 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9422 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9425 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9426 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9427 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9428 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9429 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9430 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9431 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9432 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9433 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9434 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9435 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9436 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9437 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9440 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9441 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9443 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9444 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9446 if (! reload_completed
)
9449 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9450 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9451 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9452 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9453 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9454 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9456 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9461 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9463 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9465 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9466 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9468 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9469 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9470 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9471 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9472 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9473 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9474 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9475 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9476 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9477 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9480 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9481 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9482 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9483 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9484 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9485 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9487 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9488 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9489 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9490 /* Not passed in memory. */
9491 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9492 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9493 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9494 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9495 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9496 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9497 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9500 /* Big endian correction check. */
9502 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9503 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9506 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9507 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9509 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9510 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9514 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9516 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9517 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9518 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9519 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9523 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9524 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9525 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9526 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9528 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9529 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9530 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9531 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9533 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9534 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9535 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9536 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9537 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9539 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9541 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9542 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9543 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9544 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9545 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9546 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
));
9548 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9549 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9550 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9551 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9552 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9554 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9555 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9556 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9557 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9563 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9565 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9566 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9567 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9569 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9574 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
9575 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9576 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9577 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9578 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9579 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9580 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9581 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9582 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9583 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9586 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
)
9591 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9593 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9595 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9598 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9599 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9602 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9605 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9606 don't emit anything. */
9616 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9617 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9621 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9623 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9624 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9625 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9626 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9627 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9634 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9636 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9644 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9645 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9646 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9649 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
)
9653 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9654 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9656 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9657 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9662 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9665 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9666 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9667 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9669 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9670 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9671 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9678 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9679 the value of the attribute. */
9682 add_name_attribute (die
, name_string
)
9684 const char *name_string
;
9686 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9688 if (demangle_name_func
)
9689 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9691 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9695 /* Generate an DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9698 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
)
9701 const char *wd
= getpwd ();
9703 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9706 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9707 a representation for that bound. */
9710 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, bound
)
9711 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9712 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
;
9715 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9720 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9722 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9723 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9724 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9725 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9726 /* use the default */
9729 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9734 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9735 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9736 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9740 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9741 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9742 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9743 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9744 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9745 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9746 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9747 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9748 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9749 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9750 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9751 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9752 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9753 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9754 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9755 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9756 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9757 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9759 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9760 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9761 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9762 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9763 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9765 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9766 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9767 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9769 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9770 it references an outer function's frame. */
9771 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9773 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9775 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9776 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9779 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9780 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9781 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9782 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9783 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9786 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9792 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9794 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9795 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9796 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9797 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9799 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9800 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9806 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9807 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9809 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9810 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9812 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9816 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9817 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9819 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9821 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9822 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9823 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9824 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9825 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9827 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9828 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9830 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9831 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9832 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9833 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9835 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9841 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9842 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9845 add_subscript_info (type_die
, type
)
9846 dw_die_ref type_die
;
9849 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9850 unsigned dimension_number
;
9853 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9855 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9856 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9857 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9858 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9859 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9860 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9861 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9862 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9864 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9865 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9866 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9867 gen_array_type_die. */
9868 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9869 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9870 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9871 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9874 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9876 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9877 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9879 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9882 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9883 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9884 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9886 /* define the index type. */
9887 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9889 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9890 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9891 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9892 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9893 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9894 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9895 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9898 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9902 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9903 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9905 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9906 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9907 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9909 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9911 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9914 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9915 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9921 add_byte_size_attribute (die
, tree_node
)
9927 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9935 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9936 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9939 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9940 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9941 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9942 even for bit-fields. */
9943 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9949 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9950 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9951 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9952 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9953 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9956 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9957 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9958 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9961 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9962 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9963 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9964 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9965 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9966 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9968 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9969 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9970 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9973 add_bit_offset_attribute (die
, decl
)
9977 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9978 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9979 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9980 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9981 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9982 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9984 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9986 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9989 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9990 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9991 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9992 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9993 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9996 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9998 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9999 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10000 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10001 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10002 below must take account of these differences. */
10003 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10004 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
10006 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10008 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
10009 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10013 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10014 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
10015 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
10017 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
10020 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10021 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10024 add_bit_size_attribute (die
, decl
)
10028 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10029 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
10030 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
10033 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10034 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
10037 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10038 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10041 add_prototyped_attribute (die
, func_type
)
10045 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
10046 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
10047 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
10050 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10051 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10055 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die
, origin
)
10059 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
10061 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10063 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10064 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10065 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10067 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10068 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10072 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
10074 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
10076 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
10079 if (DECL_P (origin
))
10080 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
10081 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
10082 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
10084 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
10087 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10090 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10093 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die
, func_decl
)
10097 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
10099 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
10101 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
10102 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
10103 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
10104 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
10107 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10108 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10109 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10110 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10114 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10117 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
10121 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10123 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10124 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10127 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10128 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10131 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
)
10137 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10138 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10140 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10141 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10142 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10144 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10145 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10146 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10147 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10148 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10149 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10152 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10153 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10154 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10155 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10157 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10158 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10159 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10164 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10167 push_decl_scope (scope
)
10170 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10173 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10178 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10181 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10184 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10185 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10186 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10187 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10188 the current active scope. */
10191 scope_die_for (t
, context_die
)
10193 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10195 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10196 tree containing_scope
;
10199 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10203 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10205 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
10206 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10207 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10209 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10210 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10211 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10212 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10213 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10215 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10216 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10217 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10219 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10220 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10221 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10222 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10223 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10228 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10229 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10232 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10233 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10236 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10239 scope_die
= context_die
;
10244 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10247 local_scope_p (context_die
)
10248 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10250 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10251 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10252 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10258 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10261 class_scope_p (context_die
)
10262 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10264 return (context_die
10265 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10266 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
10269 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10270 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10271 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10274 add_type_attribute (object_die
, type
, decl_const
, decl_volatile
, context_die
)
10275 dw_die_ref object_die
;
10279 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10281 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10282 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10284 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10285 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10286 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10287 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10288 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10289 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10290 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10292 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10293 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10294 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10295 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10296 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10299 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10300 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10301 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10304 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10305 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10308 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10309 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10310 was declared without a tag. */
10312 static const char *
10316 const char *name
= 0;
10318 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10322 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10323 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10324 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10326 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10327 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10329 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10330 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10331 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10333 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10335 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10338 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10341 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10342 for bit field types. */
10345 member_declared_type (member
)
10348 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10349 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10352 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10353 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10356 static const char *
10357 decl_start_label (decl
)
10361 const char *fnname
;
10363 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10364 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10368 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10371 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10376 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10377 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10378 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10381 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10383 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10385 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10386 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10389 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10390 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10391 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10392 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10393 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10396 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10397 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10398 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10400 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10402 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10403 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10404 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10405 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10409 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10410 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10411 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10412 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10413 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10414 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10415 for multidimensional arrays. */
10416 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10419 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10420 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10421 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10422 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10423 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10426 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10428 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10429 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10431 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10432 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10433 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10434 add_subscript_info. */
10435 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10436 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10437 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10439 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10442 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10446 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10448 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10450 dw_die_ref type_die
10451 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10453 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10454 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10459 gen_entry_point_die (decl
, context_die
)
10461 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10463 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10464 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10466 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10467 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10470 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10471 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10472 0, 0, context_die
);
10475 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10476 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10478 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10482 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10483 emit full debugging info for them. */
10486 retry_incomplete_types ()
10490 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10491 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10494 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10497 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10499 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10501 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10503 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10504 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10505 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10508 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10511 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10513 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10515 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10517 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10518 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10519 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10522 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10525 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10527 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10529 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10531 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10532 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10533 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10536 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10537 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10538 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10542 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
)
10544 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10546 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10548 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10550 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10551 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10552 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10553 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10555 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10558 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10560 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10561 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10562 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10563 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10567 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10568 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10569 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10570 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10572 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10573 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10574 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10575 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10577 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10578 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10580 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10582 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10583 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10585 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0))
10587 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10588 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10589 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10591 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10592 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10597 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10600 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10601 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10604 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10605 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10606 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10607 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10608 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10609 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10610 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10611 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10614 gen_formal_parameter_die (node
, context_die
)
10616 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10618 dw_die_ref parm_die
10619 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10622 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10625 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10626 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10627 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10630 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10631 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10632 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10633 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10635 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10636 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10639 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10640 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10641 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10646 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10647 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10657 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10658 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10661 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type
, context_die
)
10663 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10665 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10668 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10669 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10670 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10671 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10674 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
)
10675 tree function_or_method_type
;
10676 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10679 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10680 tree first_parm_type
;
10683 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10685 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10686 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10691 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10693 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10694 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10695 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10697 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10699 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10700 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10703 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10704 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10705 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10706 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10707 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10708 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10710 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10712 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10715 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10716 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10717 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10718 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10720 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10721 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10722 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10723 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10724 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10725 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10728 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10729 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10730 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10731 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10732 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10735 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, member
, context_die
)
10737 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10739 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10741 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10742 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10743 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10744 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10746 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10749 push_decl_scope (type
);
10750 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10751 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10753 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10759 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10760 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10763 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
)
10766 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10769 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10771 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10772 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10774 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10775 if (old_die
&& get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10776 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10779 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10780 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10781 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10783 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10785 gen_type_die_for_member
10786 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10789 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10790 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10791 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10793 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10794 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10795 if (! was_abstract
)
10796 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10798 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10801 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10805 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
)
10807 dw_die_ref context_die
;
10809 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10810 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10811 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10815 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10816 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10817 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
10819 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10820 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10821 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10822 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10823 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10825 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10826 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
10833 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10835 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10838 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10839 inline function. */
10840 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10841 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10843 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10844 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10848 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10850 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10851 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10852 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10853 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10854 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10856 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10857 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10858 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10859 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10860 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10866 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10867 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10868 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10869 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10870 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10871 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10872 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10873 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10874 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10875 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10876 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10877 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10879 subr_die
= old_die
;
10881 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10882 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10883 remove_children (subr_die
);
10887 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10888 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
10889 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10890 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10891 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10892 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10894 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10899 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10901 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10902 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10904 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10905 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10907 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10908 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10909 0, 0, context_die
);
10912 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10913 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10914 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10916 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10917 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10918 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10919 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10924 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10926 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10928 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10929 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10930 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10931 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10932 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10933 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10936 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10938 if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && !flag_no_inline
)
10940 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
10941 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
10942 We can't get this completely correct because information
10943 about whether the function was declared inline is not
10945 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl
))
10946 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10948 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10951 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10953 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10955 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10957 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10958 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10960 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10961 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10962 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10963 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10964 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10965 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10967 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10968 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10970 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10971 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10972 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10975 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10976 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10977 variables is relative to one of them. */
10979 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10980 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10983 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10984 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10985 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10986 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10987 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
10991 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10992 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10993 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10994 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10995 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10996 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10997 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10998 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10999 an ellipsis at the end. */
11001 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11002 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11003 its formal parameters. */
11004 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11006 else if (declaration
)
11007 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11010 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
11011 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
11014 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11015 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11016 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
11017 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11019 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
11020 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
11021 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11022 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11024 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11027 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11028 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11029 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11030 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11031 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11032 parameters at all. */
11033 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11034 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
11036 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
11037 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
11038 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11040 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
11041 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11044 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11045 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11046 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
11048 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11049 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11050 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11051 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11052 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11053 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11054 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11056 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11057 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11058 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11059 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11060 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11061 constructor function. */
11062 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
11064 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
11065 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
11067 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11068 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
11070 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11071 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
11073 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
11074 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
11081 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11084 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
)
11086 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11088 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11089 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
11091 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11092 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
11093 || class_scope_p (context_die
));
11095 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11096 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
11098 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11099 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11101 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11102 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11105 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11106 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
11107 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
11109 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11110 add_AT_die_ref (var_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11111 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
11113 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
11115 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11116 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11118 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11119 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
11121 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
11122 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
11127 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
11128 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11129 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11131 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11132 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11134 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11135 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11137 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11138 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11139 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11140 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11144 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11146 if (class_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11147 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
11149 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11151 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11152 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
11155 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11158 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11161 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
)
11163 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11165 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11166 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
11168 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11170 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11171 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
11173 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
11175 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11176 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11179 insn
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
11181 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11182 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
11183 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11184 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11185 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
11186 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
)))
11188 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11189 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11190 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11191 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11192 it if it ever does happen. */
11193 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
11196 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11197 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11202 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11205 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11207 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11210 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11211 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11213 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11215 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11219 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11221 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11224 add_ranges (chain
);
11225 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11232 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11233 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11234 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11235 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11236 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11237 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11241 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11244 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11247 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11249 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11252 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11254 dw_die_ref subr_die
11255 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11256 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11257 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11259 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
11260 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11262 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11263 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11264 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11265 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11266 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11267 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11268 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11269 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11270 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11273 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11274 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11275 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11276 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11277 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11278 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11279 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11280 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11281 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11282 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11283 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11285 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11288 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11291 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
)
11293 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11295 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11297 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11298 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11299 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11302 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11304 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11305 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11306 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11309 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11310 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11312 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11313 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11315 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11316 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11317 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11318 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11322 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11323 Use modified_type_die instead.
11324 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11325 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11328 gen_pointer_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11330 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11333 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11335 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11336 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11337 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11340 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11341 Use modified_type_die instead.
11342 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11343 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11346 gen_reference_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11348 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11351 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11353 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11354 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11355 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11359 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11362 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11364 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11367 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11368 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11370 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11371 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11372 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11373 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11376 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11379 gen_compile_unit_die (filename
)
11380 const char *filename
;
11383 char producer
[250];
11384 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11387 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11391 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11392 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
11393 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11396 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11398 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11399 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11400 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11401 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11402 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11403 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11404 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11405 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11406 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11409 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11411 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11412 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11413 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11414 language
= DW_LANG_Ada83
;
11415 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11416 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11417 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11418 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11419 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11420 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11422 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11424 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11428 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11431 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11433 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11435 dw_die_ref type_die
11436 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11438 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11440 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11441 TODO: add string length info. */
11443 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11444 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11448 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11451 gen_inheritance_die (binfo
, access
, context_die
)
11452 tree binfo
, access
;
11453 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11455 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11457 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11458 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11460 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11461 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11463 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11464 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11465 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11466 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11469 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11472 gen_member_die (type
, context_die
)
11474 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11477 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11480 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11481 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11482 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11483 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11484 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11485 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11486 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11487 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11488 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11489 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11490 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11492 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11493 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11495 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11496 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11497 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11500 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11501 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11502 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11503 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11506 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11507 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11509 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11510 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11511 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11512 do put them in the right order. */
11514 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11516 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11518 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11521 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11522 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11524 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11525 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11528 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11530 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11532 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11536 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11537 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11538 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11541 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11543 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11545 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11546 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11548 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11549 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11550 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11552 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11555 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11556 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11559 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11561 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11562 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11564 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11566 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11567 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11569 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11571 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_specification
, old_die
);
11573 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11576 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11578 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11579 then give a list of members. */
11582 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11583 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11584 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11585 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11586 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11587 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11589 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11590 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11591 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11592 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11594 push_decl_scope (type
);
11595 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11598 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11599 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11601 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11603 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11604 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11605 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11610 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11612 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11613 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11614 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11615 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11619 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11622 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11624 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11626 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11627 dw_die_ref subr_die
11628 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11629 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11631 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11632 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11633 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11634 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11637 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
11640 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
)
11642 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11644 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11647 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11650 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11651 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11652 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11653 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11654 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11659 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11660 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11662 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11664 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11667 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11670 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11672 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11673 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11676 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11677 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11680 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11683 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
)
11685 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11689 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11692 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11693 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11695 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11698 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11699 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11702 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11703 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11707 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11708 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11709 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11710 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11711 cloned type itself). */
11712 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11713 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11715 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11718 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11724 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11725 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11726 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11727 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11728 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11730 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11732 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11733 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11734 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11738 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11739 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11740 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11742 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11743 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11745 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11747 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11751 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11752 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11756 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11757 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11760 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11761 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11762 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11763 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11767 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11768 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11769 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11773 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11775 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11776 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11779 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11783 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11786 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11789 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11790 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11791 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11792 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11793 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11794 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11795 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11796 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11797 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11798 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11800 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11802 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11805 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11806 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11807 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11813 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11814 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11816 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11821 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11822 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11823 when appropriate. */
11832 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11836 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11843 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11846 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11849 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type
, context_die
)
11851 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11853 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11856 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11857 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11858 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11860 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11863 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11864 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11866 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11871 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11872 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11876 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11880 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11881 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11889 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11890 things which are local to the given block. */
11893 gen_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11895 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11898 int must_output_die
= 0;
11901 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11903 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11904 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11905 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11908 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11909 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11910 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11911 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11915 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11916 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11921 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11922 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11923 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11924 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11925 the current block. */
11926 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11927 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11929 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11931 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11932 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11933 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11934 must_output_die
= 1;
11937 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11938 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11939 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11940 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11941 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11942 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11943 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11944 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11946 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11947 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11948 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11949 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11950 as being a "significant" one. */
11951 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11953 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11954 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11955 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11956 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11957 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11958 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11960 must_output_die
= 1;
11966 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11967 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11968 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11969 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11970 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11971 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11972 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11973 if (must_output_die
)
11975 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11976 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11978 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11981 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11984 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11985 all of its sub-blocks. */
11988 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
)
11990 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11996 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11997 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
12000 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12001 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12002 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12003 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12004 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12008 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12009 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12010 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12011 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12015 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12016 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
12018 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12021 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12022 therein) of this block. */
12023 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
12025 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
12026 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12029 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12032 is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
12035 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12038 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
12039 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
12040 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
12041 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
12042 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
12043 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12049 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12052 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
)
12054 dw_die_ref context_die
;
12058 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12061 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12067 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12068 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12071 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12072 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12073 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12074 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
12075 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
12078 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12079 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
12080 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12082 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12083 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12084 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl
) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
12085 && ! class_scope_p (context_die
)
12086 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12087 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12088 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12089 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12091 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12092 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
12095 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12096 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12098 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12099 have described its return type. */
12100 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
12102 /* And its virtual context. */
12103 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12104 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
12106 /* And its containing type. */
12107 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12108 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12109 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12112 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12113 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12117 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12118 actual typedefs. */
12119 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12122 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12123 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12124 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12125 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12126 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12127 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12128 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12130 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12134 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12135 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12137 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12138 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12142 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12143 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12147 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12148 variable declarations or definitions. */
12149 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12152 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12154 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12156 /* And its containing type. */
12157 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12158 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12159 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12161 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12162 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12163 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12165 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12166 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12167 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12169 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12173 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12174 anonymous unions. */
12175 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12176 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
12178 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12179 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12184 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12185 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12188 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12189 /* Ignore for now. */
12197 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12200 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename
, context_list
)
12201 const char *filename
;
12202 const char *context_list
;
12204 unsigned int file_index
;
12206 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12208 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12209 tree context_list_decl
12210 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12213 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12214 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12215 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12216 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12217 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12221 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12222 compilation proper has finished. */
12225 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl
)
12228 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12229 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12230 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12231 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12232 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12233 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12236 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12239 dwarf2out_decl (decl
)
12242 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12244 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12249 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12250 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12251 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12252 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12253 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
12256 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12257 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12258 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12259 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12260 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12261 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12262 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12263 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12264 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12265 with the definition of the function.
12267 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12268 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12269 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12270 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12271 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12272 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12273 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12274 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12275 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12276 that they *are* definitions).
12278 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12279 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12280 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12281 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12282 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12283 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12286 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12287 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12288 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12289 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12290 context_die
= NULL
;
12294 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12295 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12296 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12297 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12298 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12299 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12300 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12301 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12302 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12305 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12306 variable declarations or definitions. */
12307 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12312 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12313 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12316 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12317 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12318 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12320 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12321 comparisons have. */
12322 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12323 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12324 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12325 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12326 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12331 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12332 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12335 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12336 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12337 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12338 context_die
= NULL
;
12346 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12349 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12350 a lexical block. */
12353 dwarf2out_begin_block (line
, blocknum
)
12354 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12355 unsigned int blocknum
;
12357 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12358 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12361 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12365 dwarf2out_end_block (line
, blocknum
)
12366 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12367 unsigned int blocknum
;
12369 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12370 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12373 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12374 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12376 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12377 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12378 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12381 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block
)
12386 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12387 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12388 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12394 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12395 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12396 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12397 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12398 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12399 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12400 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12401 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12402 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12406 lookup_filename (file_name
)
12407 const char *file_name
;
12410 char *save_file_name
;
12412 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
12413 if (strcmp (file_name
, "<internal>") == 0
12414 || strcmp (file_name
, "<built-in>") == 0)
12417 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12418 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12419 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12422 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12423 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12424 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12427 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12428 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12429 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12430 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12432 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12436 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12437 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12438 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12439 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12440 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12446 maybe_emit_file (fileno
)
12449 static int emitcount
= 0;
12450 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12452 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12454 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12455 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12456 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12457 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12458 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12459 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12461 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12470 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12471 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12472 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12474 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12475 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12476 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12477 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12480 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12481 and record information relating to this source line, in
12482 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12485 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, filename
)
12487 const char *filename
;
12489 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12491 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12493 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12494 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12495 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12498 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12500 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12502 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12504 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12505 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12507 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12508 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12510 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12511 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12512 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12514 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12516 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12517 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12518 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12520 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12521 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12522 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12524 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12525 separate_line_info_table
12526 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref
)
12527 ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12528 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12529 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12530 memset ((separate_line_info_table
12531 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
),
12533 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12534 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12537 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12539 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12540 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12541 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12542 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12546 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12548 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12549 line_info_table_in_use
);
12551 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12552 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12554 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12556 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12557 (line_info_table_allocated
12558 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12559 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12560 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12563 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12564 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12565 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12566 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12571 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12574 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno
, filename
)
12575 unsigned int lineno
;
12576 const char *filename
;
12578 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& !is_main_source
)
12580 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12581 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12583 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12584 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12587 is_main_source
= 0;
12589 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12591 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12592 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12593 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12595 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12596 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12597 "Filename we just started");
12601 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12604 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno
)
12605 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12607 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12608 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12609 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12611 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12613 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12614 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12618 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12619 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12620 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12623 dwarf2out_define (lineno
, buffer
)
12624 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12625 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12627 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12629 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12630 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12631 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12632 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12636 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12637 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12638 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12641 dwarf2out_undef (lineno
, buffer
)
12642 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12643 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12645 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12647 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12648 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12649 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12650 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12654 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12657 dwarf2out_init (input_filename
)
12658 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12660 init_file_table ();
12662 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12663 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12664 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12665 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12666 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12668 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12669 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12671 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12672 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12673 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12674 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12675 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12676 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12678 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12679 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12680 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12681 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12683 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12684 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12686 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12687 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12688 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12689 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12690 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12691 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12692 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12693 is_main_source
= 1;
12695 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12697 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12699 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12700 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12701 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12702 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12703 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12705 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12707 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12708 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12709 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12710 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12711 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12712 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12713 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12714 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12715 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12716 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12717 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12718 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12720 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12722 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12723 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12724 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12725 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12728 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12731 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12735 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12736 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12739 output_indirect_string (h
, v
)
12741 void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
12743 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12745 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12747 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12748 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12749 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12757 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12758 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12761 prune_unmark_dies (die
)
12766 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12767 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12771 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12772 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12775 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
)
12780 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12782 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12784 /* A reference to another DIE.
12785 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12786 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12788 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12790 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12791 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12792 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12798 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12799 to DIE's children. */
12802 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, dokids
)
12808 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12810 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12813 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12814 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12815 if (die
->die_parent
)
12816 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12818 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12819 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12822 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12824 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12825 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12829 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12831 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12832 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12833 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12834 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12836 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12842 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12845 prune_unused_types_walk (die
)
12850 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12854 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12855 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12856 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12857 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12858 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12859 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12860 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12861 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12862 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12863 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12864 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12865 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12866 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12867 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12868 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12869 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12870 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12871 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12872 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12873 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12874 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12878 /* Mark everything else. */
12884 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12885 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12887 /* Mark children. */
12888 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12889 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12893 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12896 prune_unused_types_prune (die
)
12899 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
12900 if (!die
->die_mark
)
12904 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
12909 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
12917 die
->die_child
= n
;
12924 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12927 prune_unused_types ()
12930 limbo_die_node
*node
;
12932 /* Clear all the marks. */
12933 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12934 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12935 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12937 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12938 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
12939 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12940 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
12942 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12943 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12944 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
12945 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
12946 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
12947 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
12949 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12950 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
12951 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12952 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
12954 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12955 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12956 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12957 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12960 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12961 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12964 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename
)
12965 const char *input_filename
;
12967 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
12968 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
12970 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12971 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12972 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, input_filename
);
12973 if (input_filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
12974 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12975 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
12978 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
12979 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
12981 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12986 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12987 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12988 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12989 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12991 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
12993 next_node
= node
->next
;
12996 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12998 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
13002 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
13003 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
13005 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
13006 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
13007 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
13008 else if (node
->created_for
13009 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
13010 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
13012 (node
->created_for
)))))
13013 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13014 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
13015 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13016 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
13017 else if (node
->created_for
13018 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
13019 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
13020 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
13021 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
13022 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
13024 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13025 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13026 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13027 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13028 this to be a child of the containing function. */
13029 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
13032 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13039 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
13041 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13042 emit full debugging info for them. */
13043 retry_incomplete_types ();
13045 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13046 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13047 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13049 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
13050 prune_unused_types ();
13052 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13053 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13054 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13055 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
13057 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13058 that have children. */
13059 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
13060 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13061 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
13063 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13065 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13067 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13068 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13069 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13070 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13071 examining the file. */
13072 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13074 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13075 output_line_info ();
13078 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13079 if (have_location_lists
)
13081 /* Output the location lists info. */
13082 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13083 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
13084 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13085 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
13086 output_location_lists (die
);
13087 have_location_lists
= 0;
13090 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13092 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
13094 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
13095 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
13098 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13099 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13100 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
13101 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
13103 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13104 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
13105 debug_line_section_label
);
13107 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13108 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
13110 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13111 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13112 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13113 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
13115 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
13117 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13118 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13119 output_abbrev_section ();
13121 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13122 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
13124 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13125 output_pubnames ();
13128 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13129 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13130 if (fde_table_in_use
)
13132 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13136 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13137 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
13139 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13140 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
13144 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13145 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13147 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13148 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13149 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13152 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13154 if (debug_str_hash
)
13155 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
13159 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13160 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
13162 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13164 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"